1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occur. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213 /** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 258 * 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 261 * respectively. 262 */ 263 264 /** 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 266 * 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 273 * that main netdev. 274 * 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 278 */ 279 280 /** 281 * DOC: TID configuration 282 * 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 285 * 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 289 * 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values 295 * will be overwritten. 296 * 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection 298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 300 * the interface goes down. 301 */ 302 303 /** 304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload 305 * 306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode. 307 * 308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting 309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt 311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai. 312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace. 313 * 314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the 315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association 316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters 317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption 321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 322 * 323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data. 324 */ 325 326 /** 327 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 328 * 329 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 330 * 331 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 332 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 333 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 334 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 335 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 336 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 337 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 338 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 339 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 340 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 341 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 342 * compatibility only. 343 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 344 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 345 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 346 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 347 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 348 * 349 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 350 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 351 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 352 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 353 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 354 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 355 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 357 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 358 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 359 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 360 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 361 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 362 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 363 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are 364 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 365 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all 366 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well. 367 * 368 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 369 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 370 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 371 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 372 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 373 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 374 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 375 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 376 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 377 * 378 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 379 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 380 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 381 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 382 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 383 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 384 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 385 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 386 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 387 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 388 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 389 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 390 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 391 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 392 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 393 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 394 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 395 * attributes determining channel width. 396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 397 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 398 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 399 * 400 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 401 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 402 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 403 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 404 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 405 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 406 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 407 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 408 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 409 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 410 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 411 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 412 * frame). 413 * 414 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 415 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 416 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 417 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 418 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 419 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 420 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 421 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 422 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 423 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 425 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 427 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 428 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 429 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 430 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 431 * 432 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 433 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 434 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 435 * global regdomain will be returned. 436 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 437 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 438 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 439 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 440 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 441 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 442 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 443 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 444 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 445 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 446 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 447 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 448 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 449 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 450 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 451 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 452 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 453 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 454 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 455 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 456 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 457 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 458 * 459 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 460 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 461 * 462 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 463 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 464 * 465 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 466 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 467 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 468 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 469 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 470 * added to all specified management frames generated by 471 * kernel/firmware/driver. 472 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 473 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 474 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 475 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 476 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 477 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 478 * 479 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 480 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 481 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 482 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 483 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 484 * be used. 485 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 486 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 487 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 488 * partial scan results may be available 489 * 490 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 491 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 492 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 493 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 494 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 495 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 496 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 497 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 498 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 499 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 500 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 501 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 502 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 503 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 504 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 505 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 506 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 507 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 508 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 509 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 510 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 511 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 512 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 513 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 514 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 515 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 516 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 517 * results available. 518 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 519 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 520 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 521 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 522 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 523 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 524 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 525 * 526 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 527 * or noise level 528 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 529 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 530 * 531 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 532 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 533 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 534 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 535 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 536 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 537 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 538 * ESS. 539 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 540 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 541 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 542 * authentication. 543 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 544 * 545 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 546 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 547 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 548 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 549 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 550 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 551 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 552 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 553 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 554 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 555 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 556 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 557 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 558 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 559 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 560 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 561 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 562 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 563 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 564 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 565 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 566 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 567 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 568 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 569 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 570 * the beacon hint was processed. 571 * 572 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 573 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 574 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 575 * authentication process. 576 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 577 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 578 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 579 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 580 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 581 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the 582 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 583 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 584 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 585 * to the frame. 586 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 587 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 588 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 589 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 590 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 591 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 592 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 593 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 594 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 595 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 596 * pending authentication timed out). 597 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 598 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 599 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 600 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 601 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 602 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 603 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 604 * included). 605 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 606 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 607 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 608 * primitives). 609 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 610 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 611 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 612 * 613 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 614 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 615 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 616 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 617 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 618 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 619 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 620 * 621 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 622 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 623 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 624 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 625 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 626 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 627 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 628 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 629 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 630 * determined by the network interface. 631 * 632 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 633 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 634 * to the driver. 635 * 636 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 637 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 638 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 639 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 640 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 641 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 642 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 643 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 644 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 645 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 646 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 647 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 648 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 649 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 650 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 651 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 652 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 653 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 654 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 655 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 656 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 657 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 658 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 659 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 660 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 661 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 662 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 663 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 664 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 665 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 666 * a different BSS is desired. 667 * Background scan period can optionally be 668 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 669 * if not specified default background scan configuration 670 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 671 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 672 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 673 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 674 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 675 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 676 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 677 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 678 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 679 * well to remain backwards compatible. 680 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 681 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 682 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 683 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 684 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue 685 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the 686 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to. 687 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 688 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 689 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 690 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 691 * 692 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 693 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 694 * 695 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 696 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 697 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 698 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 699 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 700 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 701 * frequency for the operation. 702 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 703 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 704 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 705 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 706 * radio). 707 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 708 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 709 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 710 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 711 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 712 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 713 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 714 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 715 * uniquely identify the request. 716 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 717 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 718 * 719 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 720 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 721 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 722 * 723 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 724 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 725 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 726 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 727 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 728 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 729 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 730 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 731 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 732 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 733 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 734 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 735 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 736 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 737 * backward compatibility 738 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 739 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 740 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 741 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 742 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 743 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 744 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 745 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 746 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 747 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 748 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 749 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 750 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 751 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 752 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 753 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 754 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 755 * is used during CSA period. 756 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 757 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 758 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 759 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 760 * wait time. 761 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 762 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 763 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 764 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 765 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 766 * the frame. 767 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 768 * backward compatibility. 769 * 770 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 771 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 772 * 773 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 774 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 775 * levels. 776 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 777 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 778 * reached. 779 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 780 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 781 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 782 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 783 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 784 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 785 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 786 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 787 * precedence when they are used. 788 * 789 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface 790 * (no longer supported). 791 * 792 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 793 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 794 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 795 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 796 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 797 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 798 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 799 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 800 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 801 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 802 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 803 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 804 * command, the feature is disabled. 805 * 806 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 807 * mesh config parameters may be given. 808 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 809 * network is determined by the network interface. 810 * 811 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 812 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 813 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 814 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 815 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 816 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 817 * 818 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 819 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 820 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 821 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 822 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 823 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 824 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 825 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 826 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 827 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 828 * depending on the authentication result. 829 * 830 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 831 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 832 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 833 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 834 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 835 * more background information, see 836 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 837 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 838 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 839 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 840 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 841 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 842 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 843 * 844 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 845 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 846 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 847 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 848 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 849 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 850 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 851 * 852 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 853 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 854 * 855 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 856 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 857 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 858 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 859 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 860 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 861 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 862 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 863 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 864 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 865 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 866 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 867 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 868 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 869 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 870 * 871 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 872 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 873 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 874 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 875 * is received. 876 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 877 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 878 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 879 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 880 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 881 * 882 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 883 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 884 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 885 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 886 * 887 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 888 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 889 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 890 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 891 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 892 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 893 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 894 * 895 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 896 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 897 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 898 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 899 * 900 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 901 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 902 * 903 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 904 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 905 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 906 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 907 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 908 * from the remote AP) is completed; 909 * 910 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 911 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 912 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 913 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 914 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 915 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 916 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 917 * interfaces to change channel as well. 918 * 919 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 920 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 921 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 922 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 923 * public action frame TX. 924 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 925 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 926 * 927 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 928 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 929 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 930 * is used for this. 931 * 932 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 933 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 934 * 935 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 936 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 937 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 938 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 939 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 940 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 941 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 942 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 943 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 944 * 945 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 946 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 947 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 948 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 949 * while operating on this channel. 950 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 951 * event. 952 * 953 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 954 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 955 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 956 * 957 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 958 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 959 * 960 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 961 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 962 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 963 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 964 * 965 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 966 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 967 * complete. 968 * 969 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 970 * return back to normal. 971 * 972 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 973 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 974 * 975 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 976 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 977 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 978 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 979 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 980 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 981 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 982 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 983 * switch is complete. 984 * 985 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 986 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 987 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 988 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 989 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 990 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 991 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 992 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 993 * 994 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 995 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 996 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 997 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 998 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 999 * 1000 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 1001 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 1002 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 1003 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 1004 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 1005 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 1006 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 1007 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 1008 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 1009 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 1010 * fail even if the check was successful. 1011 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 1012 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 1013 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 1014 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 1015 * 1016 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 1017 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 1018 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 1019 * 1020 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 1021 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 1022 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 1023 * network is determined by the network interface. 1024 * 1025 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 1026 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 1027 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 1028 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 1029 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1030 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1031 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1032 * AP. 1033 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1034 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1035 * when this command completes. 1036 * 1037 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1038 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1039 * management. 1040 * 1041 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1042 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1043 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1044 * 1045 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1046 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1047 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1048 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1049 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1050 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1051 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1052 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1053 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 1054 * added. 1055 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1056 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1057 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1058 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1059 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1060 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1061 * of the function upon success. 1062 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1063 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1064 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1065 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1066 * which just terminated. 1067 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1068 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1069 * the response to this command. 1070 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1071 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1072 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1073 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1074 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1075 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1076 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1077 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1078 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1079 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1080 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1081 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1082 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1083 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1084 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1085 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1086 * 1087 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1088 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1089 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1090 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1091 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1092 * 1093 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1094 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1095 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1096 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1097 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1098 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1099 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1100 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was 1101 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload 1102 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with 1103 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT 1104 * should be indicated instead. 1105 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1106 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1107 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1108 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1109 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1110 * 802.11 headers. 1111 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1112 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1113 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1114 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1115 * 1116 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1117 * 1118 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1119 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1120 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1121 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1122 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1123 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1124 * 1125 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1126 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1127 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1128 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1129 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1130 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1131 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1132 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1133 * command interface. 1134 * 1135 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1136 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1137 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1138 * 1139 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1140 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1141 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1142 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1143 * 1144 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1145 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1146 * 1147 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1148 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1149 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1150 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1151 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1152 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1153 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1154 * the netlink extended ack message. 1155 * 1156 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1157 * 1158 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1159 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1160 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1161 * buffer size. 1162 * 1163 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1164 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1165 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1166 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1167 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1168 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1169 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1170 * 1171 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1172 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1173 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1174 * determining the width and type. 1175 * 1176 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1177 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1178 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1179 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1180 * 1181 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1182 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1183 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1184 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1185 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1186 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1187 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1188 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1189 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1190 * rate selection. 1191 * 1192 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1193 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1194 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1195 * 1196 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1197 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1198 * 1199 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1200 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1201 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1202 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1203 * 1204 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1205 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1206 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1207 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1208 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1209 * 1210 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is 1211 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to 1212 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to. 1213 * 1214 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever 1215 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision. 1216 * 1217 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that 1218 * userspace wants to change the BSS color. 1219 * 1220 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has 1221 * started 1222 * 1223 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has 1224 * been aborted 1225 * 1226 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change 1227 * has completed 1228 * 1229 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using - 1230 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address 1231 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK 1232 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces 1233 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 1234 * 1235 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1236 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1237 */ 1238 enum nl80211_commands { 1239 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1240 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1241 1242 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1243 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1244 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1245 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1246 1247 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1248 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1249 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1250 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1251 1252 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1253 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1254 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1255 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1256 1257 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1258 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1259 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1260 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1261 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1262 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1263 1264 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1265 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1266 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1267 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1268 1269 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1270 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1271 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1272 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1273 1274 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1275 1276 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1277 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1278 1279 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1280 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1281 1282 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1283 1284 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1285 1286 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1287 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1288 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1289 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1290 1291 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1292 1293 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1294 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1295 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1296 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1297 1298 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1299 1300 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1301 1302 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1303 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1304 1305 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1306 1307 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1308 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1309 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1310 1311 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1312 1313 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1314 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1315 1316 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1317 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1318 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1319 1320 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1321 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1322 1323 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1324 1325 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1326 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1327 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1328 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1329 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1330 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1331 1332 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1333 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1334 1335 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1336 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1337 1338 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1339 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1340 1341 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1342 1343 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1344 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1345 1346 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1347 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1348 1349 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1350 1351 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1352 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1353 1354 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1355 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1356 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1357 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1358 1359 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1360 1361 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1362 1363 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1364 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1365 1366 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1367 1368 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1369 1370 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1371 1372 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1373 1374 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1375 1376 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1377 1378 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1379 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1380 1381 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1382 1383 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1384 1385 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1386 1387 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1388 1389 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1390 1391 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1392 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1393 1394 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1395 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1396 1397 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1398 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1399 1400 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1401 1402 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1403 1404 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1405 1406 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1407 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1408 1409 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1410 1411 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1412 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1413 1414 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1415 1416 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1417 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1418 1419 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1420 1421 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1422 1423 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1424 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1425 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1426 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1427 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1428 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1429 1430 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1431 1432 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1433 1434 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1435 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1436 1437 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1438 1439 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1440 1441 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1442 1443 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1444 1445 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1446 1447 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1448 1449 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1450 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1451 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1452 1453 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1454 1455 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1456 1457 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1458 1459 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1460 1461 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1462 1463 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1464 1465 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS, 1466 1467 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 1468 1469 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST, 1470 1471 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 1472 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 1473 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 1474 1475 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD, 1476 1477 /* add new commands above here */ 1478 1479 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1480 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1481 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1482 }; 1483 1484 /* 1485 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1486 * here 1487 */ 1488 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1489 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1490 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1491 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1492 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1493 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1494 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1495 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1496 1497 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1498 1499 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1500 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1501 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1502 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1503 1504 /** 1505 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1506 * 1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1508 * 1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1510 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1511 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1514 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1515 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1516 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1517 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1519 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1520 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1521 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1522 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1523 * operating channel center frequency. 1524 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1525 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1527 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1528 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1529 * this attribute) 1530 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1531 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1532 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1533 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1535 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1536 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1538 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1539 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1541 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1542 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1544 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1545 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1546 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1547 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1548 * 1549 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1551 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1552 * 1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1554 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1555 * 1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1557 * 1558 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1559 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1560 * keys 1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1562 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1563 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1565 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1567 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1568 * default management key 1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1570 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1572 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1573 * 1574 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1577 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1578 * 1579 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1580 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1581 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1582 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1583 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1585 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1586 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1588 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1590 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1591 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1592 * 1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1594 * consisting of a nested array. 1595 * 1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1597 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1598 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1601 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1602 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1603 * 1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1605 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1606 * 1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1608 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1609 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1610 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1611 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1612 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1613 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1614 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1615 * to a specific alpha2. 1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1617 * rules. 1618 * 1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1621 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1622 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1623 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1625 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1626 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1627 * 1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1629 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1630 * 1631 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1632 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1633 * of the interface mode. 1634 * 1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1636 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1637 * 1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1639 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1640 * 1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1642 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1644 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1646 * that can be added to a scan request 1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1648 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1650 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1651 * 1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1654 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1656 * 1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1658 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1660 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1661 * 1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1663 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1664 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1665 * 1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1667 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1668 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1671 * represented as a u32 1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1673 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1674 * 1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1676 * a u32 1677 * 1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1679 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1680 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1681 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1682 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1684 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1685 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1686 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1687 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1688 * 1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1690 * cipher suites 1691 * 1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1693 * for other networks on different channels 1694 * 1695 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1696 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1697 * 1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1699 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1700 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1701 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1702 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1703 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1704 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1705 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1706 * 1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1708 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1709 * 1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1711 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1712 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1713 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1714 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1715 * default in station mode. 1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1717 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1718 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1719 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1720 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1721 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1723 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1724 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1726 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1727 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1728 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1729 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1730 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1731 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1732 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1733 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1734 * frames are not forwared over the control port. 1735 * 1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1737 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1738 * 1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1740 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1741 * a local disconnect request. 1742 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1743 * event (u16) 1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1745 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1746 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1747 * 1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1749 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1750 * (an array of u32). 1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1752 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1753 * u32). 1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1755 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1756 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1758 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1759 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1760 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1761 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1762 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1763 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1764 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1765 * 1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1767 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1769 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1770 * 1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1772 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1773 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1774 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1775 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1776 * 1777 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1778 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1780 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1781 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1782 * 1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1784 * 1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1786 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1787 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1788 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1789 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1790 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1791 * completely from scratch. 1792 * 1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1794 * 1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1796 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1797 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1798 * 1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1801 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1802 * 1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1804 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1805 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1806 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1807 * 1808 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1809 * 1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1811 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1812 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1813 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1814 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1815 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1816 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1817 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1818 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1819 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1820 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 1821 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and 1822 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE. 1823 * 1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1825 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1827 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1828 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1829 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1830 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1831 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1833 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1834 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1835 * 1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1837 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1838 * 1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1840 * 1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1842 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1843 * 1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1845 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1846 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1847 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1848 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1849 * 1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1851 * connected to this BSS. 1852 * 1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1854 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1856 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1857 * for non-automatic settings. 1858 * 1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1860 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1861 * 1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1863 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1864 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1865 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1866 * 1867 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1868 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1869 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1870 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1871 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1872 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1873 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1874 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1875 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1876 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1877 * 1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1879 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1880 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1881 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1882 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1883 * 1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1885 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1886 * 1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1888 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1889 * 1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1891 * 1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1893 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1894 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1895 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1896 * nl80211 capability flag. 1897 * 1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1899 * 1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1901 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1902 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1903 * 1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1905 * changed once the mesh is active. 1906 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1907 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1909 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1910 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1912 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1913 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1914 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1915 * 1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1917 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1919 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1920 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1921 * triggers. 1922 * 1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1924 * cycles, in msecs. 1925 * 1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1927 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1928 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1929 * pass-thru filter rules. 1930 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1931 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1932 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1933 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1934 * able to ignore them by itself. 1935 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1936 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1937 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1938 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1939 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1940 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1941 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1942 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1943 * 1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1945 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1946 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1947 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1948 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1949 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1950 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1951 * 1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1953 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1954 * 1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1956 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1957 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1958 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1959 * 1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1961 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1962 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1963 * 1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1965 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1966 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1967 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1969 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1970 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1971 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1972 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1973 * 1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1975 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1977 * as AP. 1978 * 1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1980 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1981 * 1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1983 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1984 * 1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1986 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1987 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1988 * applications use this attribute. 1989 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1990 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1991 * 1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1993 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1994 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1996 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1997 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1998 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 2000 * as a TDLS peer sta. 2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 2002 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 2003 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 2004 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 2005 * 2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 2007 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 2008 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 2009 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 2010 * 2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 2012 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 2013 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 2014 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 2015 * 2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 2017 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 2019 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 2020 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 2021 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 2022 * 2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 2024 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 2025 * to be filled by the FW. 2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 2027 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2028 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable 2030 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2031 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable 2033 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2034 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2036 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2037 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2038 * The values that may be configured are: 2039 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 2040 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 2041 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2042 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2043 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 2044 * 2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 2046 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 2047 * to one DFS region. 2048 * 2049 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 2050 * up to 16 TIDs. 2051 * 2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 2053 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 2054 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 2055 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 2056 * capability to timeout the stations. 2057 * 2058 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 2059 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 2060 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2061 * 2062 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 2063 * or 0 to disable background scan. 2064 * 2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 2066 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 2067 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 2068 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 2069 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 2070 * 2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 2072 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 2073 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 2074 * 2075 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2076 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2077 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2078 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2079 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2080 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2081 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2082 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2083 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2084 * consistent. 2085 * 2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2087 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2088 * 2089 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2090 * 2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2092 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2094 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2095 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2096 * no change is made. 2097 * 2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2099 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2100 * 2101 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2102 * carried in a u32 attribute 2103 * 2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2105 * MAC ACL. 2106 * 2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2108 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2109 * ACL. 2110 * 2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2112 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2113 * 2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2115 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2116 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2118 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2119 * 2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2121 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2122 * 2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2124 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2125 * and PU-APSD. 2126 * 2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2128 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2129 * 2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2131 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2132 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2133 * 2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2135 * 2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2137 * Element 2138 * 2139 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2140 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2142 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2143 * 2144 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2145 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2146 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2147 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2148 * 2149 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2150 * 2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2152 * until the channel switch event. 2153 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2154 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2155 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet 2156 * was requested by the AP. 2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2158 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2159 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2160 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2161 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2162 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2163 * 2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2165 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2166 * 2167 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2168 * 2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2170 * operating classes. 2171 * 2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2173 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2174 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2175 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2176 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2177 * IBSS network. 2178 * 2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2180 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2181 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2182 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2183 * 2184 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2185 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2186 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2187 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2188 * u8 attribute. 2189 * 2190 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2191 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2194 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2195 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2196 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2197 * 2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2199 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2200 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2201 * 2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2203 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2204 * 2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2206 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2207 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2208 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2209 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2210 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2211 * 2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2213 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2215 * supported number of csa counters. 2216 * 2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2218 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2219 * 2220 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2221 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2222 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2223 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2224 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2225 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2226 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2227 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2228 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2229 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2230 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2231 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2232 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2233 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2234 * multicast group. 2235 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2236 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2237 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2238 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2239 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2240 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2241 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2242 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2243 * 2244 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2245 * the TDLS link initiator. 2246 * 2247 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2248 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2249 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2250 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2251 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2252 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2253 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2254 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2255 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2256 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2257 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2258 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2259 * 2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2261 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2262 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2263 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2264 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2265 * 2266 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2268 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2269 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2270 * 2271 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2272 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2273 * 2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2275 * 2276 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2277 * 2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2279 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2280 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2281 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2282 * 2283 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2284 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2285 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2286 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2287 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2288 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2289 * 2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2291 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2292 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2293 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2294 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2295 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2296 * over all channels. 2297 * 2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2299 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2300 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2301 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2302 2303 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2304 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2305 * 2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2307 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2308 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2309 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2311 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2313 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2314 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2315 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2316 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2317 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2319 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2320 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2321 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2323 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2324 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2325 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2326 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2327 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2328 * 2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2330 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2331 * 2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2333 * 2334 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2335 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2336 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2337 * interface type. 2338 * 2339 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2340 * groupID for monitor mode. 2341 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2342 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2343 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2344 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2345 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2346 * each group. 2347 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2348 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2349 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2350 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2351 * groupID data. 2352 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2354 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2355 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2356 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2357 * 2358 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2359 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2360 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2361 * attribute must not be included). 2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2363 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2364 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2365 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2366 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2367 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2368 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2369 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2370 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2371 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2372 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2373 * 2374 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2375 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2376 * 2377 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2378 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2379 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2380 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2381 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2382 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2383 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2384 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2385 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2386 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2387 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2388 * the device will decide what to use. 2389 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2390 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2391 * attribute. 2392 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2393 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2394 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2395 * protection. 2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2397 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2398 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2399 * 2400 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2401 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2402 * 2403 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2404 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2405 * 2406 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2407 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2408 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2409 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2410 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2411 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2412 * unnecessary wakeups. 2413 * 2414 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2415 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2416 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2417 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2418 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2419 * 2420 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2421 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2422 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2423 * 2424 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2425 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2426 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2427 * 2428 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2429 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2430 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2431 * 2432 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2433 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2434 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2435 * 2436 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2437 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2438 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2439 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2440 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2441 * 2442 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2443 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2444 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2445 * 2446 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2447 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2448 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2449 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2450 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2451 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2452 * is included as well. 2453 * 2454 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2455 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2456 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2457 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2458 * 2459 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2460 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2461 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2462 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2463 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2464 * 2465 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2466 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2467 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2468 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2469 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2470 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2471 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2472 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2473 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. 2474 * 2475 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2476 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2477 * 2478 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2479 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2480 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2481 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2482 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2483 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2484 * enforced. 2485 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2486 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2487 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2488 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2489 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2490 * 2491 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2492 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2493 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2494 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2495 * 2496 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2497 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2498 * 2499 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2500 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2501 * invalid value. 2502 * 2503 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2504 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2505 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2506 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2507 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2508 * 2509 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2510 * scheduler. 2511 * 2512 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2513 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2514 * possible values. 2515 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2516 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2517 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2518 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2519 * or per-station. 2520 * 2521 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2522 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2523 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2524 * 2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2526 * 2527 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2528 * functionality. 2529 * 2530 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2531 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2532 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2533 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2534 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2535 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2536 * 2537 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2538 * (u16). 2539 * 2540 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2541 * 2542 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2543 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2544 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2545 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2546 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2547 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2548 * 2549 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2550 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2551 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2552 * attributes. 2553 * 2554 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2555 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2556 * 2557 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2558 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2559 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2560 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2561 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2562 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2563 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2564 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2565 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2566 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2567 * 2568 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2569 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2570 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2571 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2572 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2573 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2574 * has expired. 2575 * 2576 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2577 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2578 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2579 * disassociation is still forced. 2580 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2581 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2582 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2583 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2584 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2585 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2586 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2587 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2588 * 2589 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2590 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2591 * 2592 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2593 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2594 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. 2595 * 2596 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2597 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2598 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. 2599 * 2600 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2601 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2602 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2603 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2604 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2605 * 2606 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 2607 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. 2608 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from 2609 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. 2610 * 2611 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when 2612 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields 2613 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related 2614 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 2615 * 2616 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and 2617 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP 2618 * is desired. 2619 * 2620 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the 2621 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event. 2622 * 2623 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2624 * until the color switch event. 2625 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are 2626 * switching to 2627 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE 2628 * information for the time while performing a color switch. 2629 * 2630 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID 2631 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode. 2632 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID 2633 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace. 2634 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID 2635 * parameters. 2636 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details. 2637 * 2638 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements. 2639 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID. 2640 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces. 2641 * 2642 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2643 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2644 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2645 */ 2646 enum nl80211_attrs { 2647 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2648 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2649 2650 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2651 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2652 2653 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2654 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2655 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2656 2657 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2658 2659 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2660 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2661 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2662 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2663 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2664 2665 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2666 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2667 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2668 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2669 2670 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2671 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2672 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2673 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2674 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2675 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2676 2677 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2678 2679 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2680 2681 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2682 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2683 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2684 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2685 2686 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2687 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2688 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2689 2690 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2691 2692 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2693 2694 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2695 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2696 2697 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2698 2699 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2700 2701 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2702 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2703 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2704 2705 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2706 2707 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2708 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2709 2710 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2711 2712 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2713 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2714 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2715 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2716 2717 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2718 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2719 2720 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2721 2722 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2723 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2724 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2725 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2726 2727 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2728 2729 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2730 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2731 2732 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2733 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2734 2735 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2736 2737 2738 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2739 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2740 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2741 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2742 2743 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2744 2745 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2746 2747 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2748 2749 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2750 2751 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2752 2753 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2754 2755 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2756 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2757 2758 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2759 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2760 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2761 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2762 2763 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2764 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2765 2766 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2767 2768 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2769 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2770 2771 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2772 2773 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2774 2775 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2776 2777 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2778 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2779 2780 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2781 2782 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2783 2784 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2785 2786 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2787 2788 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2789 2790 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2791 2792 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2793 2794 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2795 2796 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2797 2798 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2799 2800 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2801 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2802 2803 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2804 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2805 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2806 2807 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2808 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2809 2810 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2811 2812 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2813 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2814 2815 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2816 2817 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2818 2819 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2820 2821 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2822 2823 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2824 2825 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2826 2827 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2828 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2829 2830 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2831 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2832 2833 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2834 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2835 2836 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2837 2838 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2839 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2840 2841 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2842 2843 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2844 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2845 2846 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2847 2848 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2849 2850 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2851 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2852 2853 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2854 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2855 2856 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2857 2858 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2859 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2860 2861 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2862 2863 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2864 2865 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2866 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2867 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2868 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2869 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2870 2871 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2872 2873 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2874 2875 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2876 2877 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2878 2879 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2880 2881 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2882 2883 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2884 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2885 2886 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2887 2888 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2889 2890 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2891 2892 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2893 2894 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2895 2896 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2897 2898 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2899 2900 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2901 2902 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2903 2904 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2905 2906 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2907 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2908 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2909 2910 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2911 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2912 2913 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2914 2915 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2916 2917 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2918 2919 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2920 2921 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2922 2923 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2924 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2925 2926 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2927 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2928 2929 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2930 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2931 2932 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2933 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2934 2935 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2936 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2937 2938 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2939 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2940 2941 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2942 2943 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2944 2945 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2946 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2947 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2948 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 2949 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 2950 2951 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2952 2953 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2954 2955 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2956 2957 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2958 2959 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2960 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2961 2962 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2963 2964 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2965 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2966 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2967 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2968 2969 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2970 2971 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2972 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2973 2974 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2975 2976 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2977 2978 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2979 2980 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2981 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2982 2983 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2984 2985 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2986 2987 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2988 2989 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2990 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2991 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2992 2993 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2994 2995 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2996 2997 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2998 2999 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 3000 3001 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 3002 3003 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 3004 3005 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 3006 3007 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 3008 3009 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 3010 3011 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3012 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 3013 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 3014 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3015 3016 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 3017 3018 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 3019 3020 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 3021 3022 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 3023 3024 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 3025 3026 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 3027 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 3028 3029 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 3030 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 3031 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 3032 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 3033 3034 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 3035 3036 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 3037 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 3038 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 3039 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 3040 3041 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 3042 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 3043 3044 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 3045 3046 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 3047 3048 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3049 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 3050 3051 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 3052 3053 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 3054 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 3055 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 3056 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 3057 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 3058 3059 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 3060 3061 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 3062 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 3063 3064 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 3065 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 3066 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 3067 3068 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 3069 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 3070 3071 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 3072 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 3073 3074 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 3075 3076 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 3077 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 3078 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 3079 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 3080 3081 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 3082 3083 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 3084 3085 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 3086 3087 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 3088 3089 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 3090 3091 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3092 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3093 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 3094 3095 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 3096 3097 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 3098 3099 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 3100 3101 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3102 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3103 3104 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 3105 3106 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 3107 3108 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 3109 3110 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 3111 3112 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 3113 3114 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 3115 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 3116 3117 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 3118 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 3119 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 3120 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 3121 3122 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 3123 3124 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 3125 3126 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 3127 3128 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 3129 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3130 3131 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, 3132 3133 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, 3134 3135 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC, 3136 3137 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE, 3138 3139 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 3140 3141 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT, 3142 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR, 3143 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS, 3144 3145 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, 3146 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 3147 3148 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3149 3150 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3151 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3152 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3153 }; 3154 3155 /* source-level API compatibility */ 3156 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3157 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3158 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3159 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3160 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 3161 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 3162 3163 /* 3164 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3165 * here 3166 */ 3167 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3168 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3169 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3170 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3171 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3172 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3173 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3174 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3175 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3176 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3177 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3178 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3179 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3180 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3181 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3182 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3183 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3184 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3185 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3186 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3187 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3188 3189 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3190 3191 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3192 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3193 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3194 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3195 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3196 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3197 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3198 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3199 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3200 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3201 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3202 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3203 3204 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3205 3206 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3207 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3208 3209 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3210 3211 /** 3212 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3213 * 3214 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3215 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3216 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3217 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3218 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3219 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3220 * AP type interface. 3221 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3222 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3223 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3224 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3225 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3226 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3227 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3228 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3229 * commands to create and destroy one 3230 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3231 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3232 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3233 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3234 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3235 * 3236 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3237 * to set the type of an interface. 3238 * 3239 */ 3240 enum nl80211_iftype { 3241 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3242 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3243 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3244 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3245 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3246 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3247 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3248 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3249 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3250 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3251 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3252 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3253 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3254 3255 /* keep last */ 3256 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3257 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3258 }; 3259 3260 /** 3261 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3262 * 3263 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3264 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3265 * 3266 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3267 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3268 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3269 * with short barker preamble 3270 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3271 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3272 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3273 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3274 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3275 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3276 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3277 * as errors.) 3278 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3279 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3280 * previously added station into associated state 3281 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3282 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3283 */ 3284 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3285 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3286 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3287 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3288 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3289 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3290 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3291 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3292 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3293 3294 /* keep last */ 3295 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3296 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3297 }; 3298 3299 /** 3300 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3301 * 3302 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3303 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3304 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3305 */ 3306 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3307 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3308 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3309 3310 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3311 }; 3312 3313 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3314 3315 /** 3316 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3317 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3318 * @set: which values to set them to 3319 * 3320 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3321 */ 3322 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3323 __u32 mask; 3324 __u32 set; 3325 } __attribute__((packed)); 3326 3327 /** 3328 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3329 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3330 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3331 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3332 */ 3333 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3334 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3335 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3336 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3337 }; 3338 3339 /** 3340 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 3341 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec 3342 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec 3343 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec 3344 */ 3345 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 3346 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 3347 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 3348 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 3349 }; 3350 3351 /** 3352 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3353 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3354 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3355 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3356 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3357 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3358 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3359 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3360 */ 3361 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3362 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3363 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3364 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3365 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3366 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3367 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3368 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3369 }; 3370 3371 /** 3372 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3373 * 3374 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3375 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3376 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3377 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3378 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3379 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3380 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3381 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3382 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3383 * 3384 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3385 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3386 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3387 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3388 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3389 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3390 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3391 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3392 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3393 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3394 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3395 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3396 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3397 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3398 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3399 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3400 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3401 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3402 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3403 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3404 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3405 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3406 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3407 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3408 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3409 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3410 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3411 */ 3412 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3413 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3414 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3415 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3416 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3417 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3418 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3419 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3420 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3421 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3422 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3423 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3424 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3425 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3426 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3427 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3428 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3429 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3430 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3431 3432 /* keep last */ 3433 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3434 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3435 }; 3436 3437 /** 3438 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3439 * 3440 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3441 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3442 * 3443 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3444 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3445 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3446 * (flag) 3447 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3448 * (flag) 3449 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3450 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3451 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3452 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3453 */ 3454 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3455 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3456 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3457 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3458 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3459 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3460 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3461 3462 /* keep last */ 3463 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3464 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3465 }; 3466 3467 /** 3468 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3469 * 3470 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3471 * when getting information about a station. 3472 * 3473 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3474 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3475 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3476 * (u32, from this station) 3477 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3478 * (u32, to this station) 3479 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3480 * (u64, from this station) 3481 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3482 * (u64, to this station) 3483 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3484 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3485 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3486 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3487 * (u32, from this station) 3488 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3489 * (u32, to this station) 3490 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3491 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3492 * (u32, to this station) 3493 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3494 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3495 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3496 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3497 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3498 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3499 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3500 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3501 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3502 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3503 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3504 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3505 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3506 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3507 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3508 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3509 * non-peer STA 3510 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3511 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3512 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3513 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3514 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3515 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3516 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3517 * (u64) 3518 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3519 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3520 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3521 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3522 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3523 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3524 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3525 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3526 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3527 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3528 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3529 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3530 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3531 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3532 * (u32, from this station) 3533 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3534 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3535 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3536 * might not be fully accurate. 3537 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3538 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3539 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3540 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3541 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3542 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3543 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3544 * of STA's association 3545 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 3546 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 3547 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3548 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3549 */ 3550 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3551 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3552 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3553 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3554 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3555 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3556 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3557 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3558 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3559 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3560 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3561 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3562 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3563 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3564 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3565 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3566 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3567 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3568 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3569 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3570 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3571 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3572 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3573 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3574 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3575 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3576 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3577 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3578 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3579 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3580 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3581 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3582 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3583 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3584 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3585 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3586 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3587 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3588 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3589 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3590 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3591 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3592 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3593 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3594 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 3595 3596 /* keep last */ 3597 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3598 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3599 }; 3600 3601 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3602 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3603 3604 3605 /** 3606 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3607 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3608 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3609 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3610 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3611 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3612 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3613 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3614 * MSDUs (u64) 3615 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3616 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3617 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3618 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3619 */ 3620 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3621 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3622 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3623 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3624 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3625 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3626 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3627 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3628 3629 /* keep last */ 3630 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3631 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3632 }; 3633 3634 /** 3635 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3636 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3637 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3638 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3639 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3640 * backlogged 3641 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3642 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3643 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3644 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3645 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3646 * (only for per-phy stats) 3647 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3648 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3649 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3650 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3651 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3652 */ 3653 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3654 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3655 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3656 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3657 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3658 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3659 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3660 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3661 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3662 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3663 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3664 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3665 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3666 3667 /* keep last */ 3668 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3669 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3670 }; 3671 3672 /** 3673 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3674 * 3675 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3676 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3677 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3678 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3679 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3680 */ 3681 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3682 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3683 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3684 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3685 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3686 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3687 }; 3688 3689 /** 3690 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3691 * 3692 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3693 * information about a mesh path. 3694 * 3695 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3696 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3697 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3698 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3699 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3700 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3701 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3702 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3703 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3704 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3705 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3706 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3707 * currently defined 3708 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3709 */ 3710 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3711 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3712 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3713 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3714 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3715 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3716 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3717 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3718 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3719 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3720 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3721 3722 /* keep last */ 3723 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3724 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3725 }; 3726 3727 /** 3728 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3729 * 3730 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3731 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3732 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3733 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3734 * capabilities IE 3735 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3736 * capabilities IE 3737 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3738 * capabilities IE 3739 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3740 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3741 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently 3742 * defined 3743 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 3744 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 3745 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are 3746 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary) 3747 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3748 */ 3749 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3750 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3751 3752 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3753 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3754 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3755 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3756 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3757 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 3758 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS, 3759 3760 /* keep last */ 3761 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3762 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3763 }; 3764 3765 /** 3766 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3767 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3768 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3769 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3770 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3771 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3772 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3773 * defined in 802.11n 3774 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3775 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3776 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3777 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3778 * defined in 802.11ac 3779 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3780 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3781 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3782 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 3783 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 3784 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 3785 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 3786 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 3787 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 3788 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3789 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3790 */ 3791 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3792 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3793 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3794 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3795 3796 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3797 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3798 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3799 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3800 3801 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3802 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3803 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3804 3805 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3806 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3807 3808 /* keep last */ 3809 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3810 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3811 }; 3812 3813 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3814 3815 /** 3816 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3817 * 3818 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3819 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3820 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3821 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3822 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3823 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3824 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3825 */ 3826 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3827 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3828 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3829 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3830 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3831 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3832 3833 /* keep last */ 3834 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3835 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3836 }; 3837 3838 /** 3839 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3840 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3841 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3842 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3843 * regulatory domain. 3844 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3845 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3846 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3847 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3848 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3849 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3850 * (100 * dBm). 3851 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3852 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3853 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3854 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3855 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3856 * channel as the control channel 3857 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3858 * channel as the control channel 3859 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3860 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3861 * this includes 80+80 channels 3862 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3863 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3864 * isn't possible 3865 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3866 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3867 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3868 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3869 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3870 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3871 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3872 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3873 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3874 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3875 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3876 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3877 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3878 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3879 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3880 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3881 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3882 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3883 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3884 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3885 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3886 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3887 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 3888 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 3889 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 3890 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 3891 * in current regulatory domain. 3892 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 3893 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 3894 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3895 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 3896 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3897 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 3898 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3899 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 3900 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3901 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 3902 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3903 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3904 * currently defined 3905 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3906 * 3907 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3908 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3909 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3910 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3911 */ 3912 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3913 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3914 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3915 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3916 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3917 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3918 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3919 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3920 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3921 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3922 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3923 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3924 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3925 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3926 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3927 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3928 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3929 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3930 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3931 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 3932 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 3933 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 3934 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 3935 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 3936 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 3937 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 3938 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 3939 3940 /* keep last */ 3941 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3942 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3943 }; 3944 3945 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3946 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3947 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3948 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3949 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3950 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3951 3952 /** 3953 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3954 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3955 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3956 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3957 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3958 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3959 * currently defined 3960 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3961 */ 3962 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3963 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3964 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3965 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3966 3967 /* keep last */ 3968 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3969 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3970 }; 3971 3972 /** 3973 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3974 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3975 * regulatory domain. 3976 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3977 * regulatory domain. 3978 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3979 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3980 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3981 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3982 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3983 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3984 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3985 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3986 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3987 */ 3988 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3989 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3990 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3991 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3992 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3993 }; 3994 3995 /** 3996 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3997 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3998 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3999 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 4000 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 4001 * domain. 4002 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 4003 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 4004 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 4005 * them to be applied. 4006 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 4007 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 4008 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 4009 * domain request to be processed. 4010 */ 4011 enum nl80211_reg_type { 4012 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 4013 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 4014 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 4015 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 4016 }; 4017 4018 /** 4019 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 4020 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4021 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 4022 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 4023 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 4024 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 4025 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 4026 * band edge. 4027 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 4028 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 4029 * band edge. 4030 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 4031 * frequency range, in KHz. 4032 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 4033 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 4034 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 4035 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 4036 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 4037 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4038 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 4039 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 4040 * currently defined 4041 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4042 */ 4043 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 4044 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 4045 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 4046 4047 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 4048 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 4049 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 4050 4051 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 4052 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 4053 4054 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4055 4056 /* keep last */ 4057 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4058 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4059 }; 4060 4061 /** 4062 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 4063 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4064 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 4065 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 4066 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 4067 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 4068 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 4069 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 4070 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 4071 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 4072 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 4073 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 4074 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 4075 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 4076 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 4077 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 4078 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 4079 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 4080 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 4081 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 4082 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 4083 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 4084 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 4085 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 4086 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 4087 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 4088 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 4089 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 4090 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 4091 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 4092 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 4093 * attribute number currently defined 4094 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4095 */ 4096 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 4097 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 4098 4099 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 4100 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 4101 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4102 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 4103 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 4104 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 4105 4106 /* keep last */ 4107 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4108 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 4109 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4110 }; 4111 4112 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4113 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 4114 4115 /** 4116 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 4117 * 4118 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 4119 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 4120 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 4121 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 4122 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 4123 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 4124 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 4125 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 4126 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 4127 * beaconing. 4128 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 4129 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 4130 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 4131 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4132 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 4133 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 4134 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 4135 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 4136 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 4137 */ 4138 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 4139 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 4140 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 4141 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 4142 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 4143 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 4144 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 4145 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 4146 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 4147 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 4148 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 4149 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 4150 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 4151 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 4152 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 4153 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 4154 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, 4155 }; 4156 4157 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4158 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4159 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4160 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 4161 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 4162 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 4163 4164 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 4165 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 4166 4167 /** 4168 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 4169 * 4170 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 4171 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 4172 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 4173 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 4174 */ 4175 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 4176 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 4177 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 4178 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 4179 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 4180 }; 4181 4182 /** 4183 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 4184 * 4185 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 4186 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 4187 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 4188 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 4189 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 4190 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 4191 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 4192 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 4193 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 4194 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 4195 * supported feature. 4196 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 4197 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 4198 */ 4199 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 4200 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 4201 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 4202 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 4203 }; 4204 4205 /** 4206 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 4207 * 4208 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 4209 * when getting information about a survey. 4210 * 4211 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4212 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 4213 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 4214 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 4215 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 4216 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 4217 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 4218 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 4219 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 4220 * channel was sensed busy 4221 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4222 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 4223 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 4224 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 4225 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 4226 * (on this channel or globally) 4227 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4228 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4229 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 4230 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 4231 * currently defined 4232 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 4233 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4234 */ 4235 enum nl80211_survey_info { 4236 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 4237 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 4238 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 4239 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 4240 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 4241 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 4242 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 4243 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 4244 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 4245 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4246 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4247 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4248 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4249 4250 /* keep last */ 4251 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4252 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4253 }; 4254 4255 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 4256 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4257 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4258 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4259 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4260 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4261 4262 /** 4263 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4264 * 4265 * Monitor configuration flags. 4266 * 4267 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4268 * 4269 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4270 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4271 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4272 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4273 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 4274 * overrides all other flags. 4275 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4276 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4277 * 4278 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4279 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4280 */ 4281 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4282 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4283 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4284 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4285 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4286 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4287 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4288 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4289 4290 /* keep last */ 4291 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4292 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4293 }; 4294 4295 /** 4296 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4297 * 4298 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4299 * not known or has not been set yet. 4300 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4301 * in Awake state all the time. 4302 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4303 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4304 * neighbor's beacons. 4305 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4306 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4307 * for neighbor's beacons. 4308 * 4309 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 4310 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 4311 */ 4312 4313 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4314 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4315 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4316 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4317 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4318 4319 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4320 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4321 }; 4322 4323 /** 4324 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4325 * 4326 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4327 * active. 4328 * 4329 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4330 * 4331 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4332 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4333 * 4334 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4335 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4336 * 4337 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4338 * millisecond units 4339 * 4340 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4341 * on this mesh interface 4342 * 4343 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4344 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4345 * mesh 4346 * 4347 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4348 * point. 4349 * 4350 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4351 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4352 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4353 * set. 4354 * 4355 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4356 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4357 * target) 4358 * 4359 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4360 * (in milliseconds) 4361 * 4362 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4363 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4364 * 4365 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4366 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4367 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4368 * 4369 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4370 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4371 * reference element 4372 * 4373 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4374 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4375 * mesh 4376 * 4377 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4378 * 4379 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4380 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4381 * 4382 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4383 * root announcements are transmitted. 4384 * 4385 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4386 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4387 * Announcement frames. 4388 * 4389 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4390 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4391 * PERR element. 4392 * 4393 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4394 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4395 * 4396 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4397 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4398 * a peer link. 4399 * 4400 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4401 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4402 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4403 * 4404 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4405 * 4406 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4407 * 4408 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4409 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4410 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4411 * 4412 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4413 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4414 * 4415 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4416 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4417 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4418 * 4419 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4420 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4421 * 4422 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4423 * 4424 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4425 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4426 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4427 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4428 * 4429 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4430 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4431 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4432 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4433 * 4434 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 4435 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 4436 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 4437 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 4438 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 4439 * 4440 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 4441 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 4442 * in the mesh formation field. 4443 * 4444 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4445 */ 4446 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4447 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4448 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4449 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4450 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4451 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4452 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4453 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4454 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4455 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4456 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4457 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4458 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4459 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4460 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4461 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4462 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4463 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4464 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4465 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4466 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4467 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4468 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4469 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4470 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4471 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4472 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4473 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4474 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4475 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4476 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4477 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 4478 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4479 4480 /* keep last */ 4481 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4482 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4483 }; 4484 4485 /** 4486 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4487 * 4488 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4489 * changed while the mesh is active. 4490 * 4491 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4492 * 4493 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4494 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4495 * default HWMP. 4496 * 4497 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4498 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4499 * metric. 4500 * 4501 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4502 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4503 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4504 * metrics in use. 4505 * 4506 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4507 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4508 * 4509 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4510 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4511 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4512 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4513 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4514 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4515 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4516 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4517 * userspace daemon. 4518 * 4519 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4520 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4521 * neighbor offset synchronization 4522 * 4523 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4524 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4525 * 4526 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4527 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4528 * Default is no authentication method required. 4529 * 4530 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4531 * 4532 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4533 */ 4534 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4535 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4536 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4537 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4538 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4539 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4540 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4541 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4542 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4543 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4544 4545 /* keep last */ 4546 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4547 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4548 }; 4549 4550 /** 4551 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4552 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4553 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4554 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4555 * disabled 4556 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4557 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4558 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4559 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4560 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4561 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4562 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4563 */ 4564 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4565 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4566 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4567 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4568 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4569 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4570 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4571 4572 /* keep last */ 4573 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4574 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4575 }; 4576 4577 enum nl80211_ac { 4578 NL80211_AC_VO, 4579 NL80211_AC_VI, 4580 NL80211_AC_BE, 4581 NL80211_AC_BK, 4582 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4583 }; 4584 4585 /* backward compat */ 4586 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4587 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4588 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4589 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4590 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4591 4592 /** 4593 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4594 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4595 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4596 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4597 * below the control channel 4598 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4599 * above the control channel 4600 */ 4601 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4602 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4603 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4604 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4605 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4606 }; 4607 4608 /** 4609 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4610 * 4611 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4612 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4613 * 4614 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4615 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4616 * 4617 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4618 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4619 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4620 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4621 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4622 */ 4623 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4624 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4625 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4626 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4627 }; 4628 4629 /** 4630 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4631 * 4632 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4633 * attribute. 4634 * 4635 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4636 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4637 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4638 * attribute must be provided as well 4639 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4640 * attribute must be provided as well 4641 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4642 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4643 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4644 * attribute must be provided as well 4645 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4646 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4647 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 4648 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 4649 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 4650 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 4651 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 4652 */ 4653 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4654 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4655 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4656 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4657 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4658 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4659 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4660 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4661 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4662 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4663 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4664 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 4665 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 4666 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 4667 }; 4668 4669 /** 4670 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4671 * 4672 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4673 * 4674 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4675 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4676 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4677 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 4678 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 4679 */ 4680 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4681 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4682 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4683 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4684 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4685 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4686 }; 4687 4688 /** 4689 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4690 * 4691 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4692 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4693 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4694 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4695 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4696 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4697 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4698 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4699 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4700 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4701 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4702 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4703 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4704 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4705 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4706 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4707 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4708 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4709 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4710 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4711 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4712 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4713 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4714 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4715 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4716 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4717 * yet been received 4718 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4719 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4720 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4721 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4722 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4723 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4724 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4725 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4726 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4727 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4728 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4729 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4730 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4731 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4732 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4733 * is set. 4734 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4735 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4736 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4737 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4738 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4739 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4740 */ 4741 enum nl80211_bss { 4742 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4743 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4744 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4745 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4746 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4747 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4748 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4749 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4750 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4751 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4752 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4753 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4754 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4755 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4756 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4757 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4758 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4759 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4760 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4761 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4762 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4763 4764 /* keep last */ 4765 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4766 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4767 }; 4768 4769 /** 4770 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4771 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4772 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4773 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4774 * a given BSS. 4775 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4776 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4777 * 4778 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4779 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4780 */ 4781 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4782 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4783 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4784 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4785 }; 4786 4787 /** 4788 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4789 * 4790 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4791 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4792 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4793 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4794 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4795 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4796 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4797 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4798 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4799 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4800 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4801 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4802 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4803 */ 4804 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4805 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4806 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4807 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4808 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4809 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4810 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4811 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4812 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4813 4814 /* keep last */ 4815 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4816 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4817 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4818 }; 4819 4820 /** 4821 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4822 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4823 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4824 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4825 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4826 */ 4827 enum nl80211_key_type { 4828 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4829 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4830 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4831 4832 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4833 }; 4834 4835 /** 4836 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4837 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4838 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4839 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4840 */ 4841 enum nl80211_mfp { 4842 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4843 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4844 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4845 }; 4846 4847 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4848 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4849 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4850 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 4851 }; 4852 4853 /** 4854 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4855 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4856 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4857 * unicast key 4858 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4859 * multicast key 4860 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4861 */ 4862 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4863 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4864 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4865 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4866 4867 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4868 }; 4869 4870 /** 4871 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4872 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4873 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4874 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4875 * keys 4876 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4877 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4878 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4879 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4880 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4881 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4882 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4883 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4884 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4885 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4886 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4887 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4888 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4889 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 4890 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 4891 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 4892 * 4893 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4894 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4895 */ 4896 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4897 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4898 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4899 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4900 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4901 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4902 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4903 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4904 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4905 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4906 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 4907 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 4908 4909 /* keep last */ 4910 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4911 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4912 }; 4913 4914 /** 4915 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4916 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4917 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4918 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4919 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4920 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4921 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4922 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4923 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4924 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4925 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4926 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4927 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 4928 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 4929 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 4930 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4931 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4932 */ 4933 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4934 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4935 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4936 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4937 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4938 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4939 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 4940 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 4941 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 4942 4943 /* keep last */ 4944 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4945 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4946 }; 4947 4948 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4949 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4950 4951 /** 4952 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4953 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4954 */ 4955 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4956 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4957 }; 4958 4959 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 4960 /** 4961 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4962 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4963 */ 4964 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 4965 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 4966 }; 4967 4968 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4969 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4970 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4971 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4972 }; 4973 4974 /** 4975 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4976 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4977 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4978 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 4979 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 4980 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 4981 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder) 4982 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4983 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4984 */ 4985 enum nl80211_band { 4986 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4987 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4988 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4989 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 4990 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 4991 NL80211_BAND_LC, 4992 4993 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4994 }; 4995 4996 /** 4997 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4998 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4999 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 5000 */ 5001 enum nl80211_ps_state { 5002 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 5003 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 5004 }; 5005 5006 /** 5007 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 5008 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 5009 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 5010 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 5011 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 5012 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 5013 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 5014 * crosses any of the thresholds. 5015 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 5016 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 5017 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 5018 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 5019 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 5020 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 5021 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 5022 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 5023 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 5024 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 5025 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 5026 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 5027 * checked. 5028 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 5029 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 5030 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 5031 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 5032 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 5033 * loss event 5034 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 5035 * RSSI threshold event. 5036 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 5037 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 5038 */ 5039 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 5040 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 5041 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 5042 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 5043 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 5044 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 5045 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 5046 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 5047 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 5048 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5049 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 5050 5051 /* keep last */ 5052 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 5053 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 5054 }; 5055 5056 /** 5057 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 5058 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 5059 * configured threshold 5060 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 5061 * configured threshold 5062 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 5063 */ 5064 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 5065 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 5066 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 5067 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5068 }; 5069 5070 5071 /** 5072 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 5073 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 5074 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 5075 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 5076 */ 5077 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 5078 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 5079 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 5080 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 5081 }; 5082 5083 /** 5084 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 5085 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 5086 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 5087 */ 5088 enum nl80211_tid_config { 5089 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 5090 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 5091 }; 5092 5093 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 5094 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 5095 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 5096 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 5097 */ 5098 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 5099 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 5100 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 5101 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 5102 }; 5103 5104 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 5105 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 5106 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 5107 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 5108 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 5109 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 5110 * per peer instead. 5111 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates 5112 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 5113 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 5114 * should be left untouched. 5115 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 5116 * Its type is u16. 5117 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 5118 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 5119 * Its type is u8. 5120 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 5121 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5122 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 5123 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5124 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5125 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 5126 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5127 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 5128 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5129 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5130 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 5131 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5132 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5133 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 5134 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 5135 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5136 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 5137 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5138 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5139 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 5140 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 5141 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 5142 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 5143 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 5144 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 5145 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 5146 * station. 5147 */ 5148 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 5149 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 5150 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 5151 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 5152 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 5153 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 5154 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 5155 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 5156 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 5157 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 5158 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 5159 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 5160 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 5161 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 5162 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 5163 5164 /* keep last */ 5165 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5166 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5167 }; 5168 5169 /** 5170 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 5171 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5172 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 5173 * a zero bit are ignored 5174 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 5175 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 5176 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 5177 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 5178 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 5179 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 5180 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 5181 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 5182 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 5183 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 5184 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 5185 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 5186 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5187 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 5188 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 5189 */ 5190 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 5191 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 5192 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 5193 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 5194 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 5195 5196 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 5197 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 5198 }; 5199 5200 /** 5201 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 5202 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 5203 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 5204 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 5205 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5206 * 5207 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 5208 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 5209 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 5210 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 5211 * by the kernel to userspace. 5212 */ 5213 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 5214 __u32 max_patterns; 5215 __u32 min_pattern_len; 5216 __u32 max_pattern_len; 5217 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 5218 } __attribute__((packed)); 5219 5220 /* only for backward compatibility */ 5221 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 5222 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5223 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 5224 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 5225 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 5226 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 5227 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 5228 5229 /** 5230 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 5231 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5232 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 5233 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 5234 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 5235 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 5236 * any others are even supported by the device. 5237 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 5238 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 5239 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 5240 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 5241 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 5242 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 5243 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 5244 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 5245 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 5246 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 5247 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 5248 * 5249 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 5250 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 5251 * 5252 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 5253 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 5254 * to the kernel when configuring. 5255 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 5256 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 5257 * by the device (flag) 5258 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 5259 * done by the device) (flag) 5260 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 5261 * packet (flag) 5262 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 5263 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 5264 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 5265 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 5266 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 5267 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 5268 * attribute contains the original length. 5269 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 5270 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 5271 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5272 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 5273 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 5274 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 5275 * contains the original length. 5276 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 5277 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 5278 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5279 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 5280 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 5281 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 5282 * the TCP connection. 5283 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 5284 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 5285 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 5286 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 5287 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 5288 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 5289 * service 5290 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 5291 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 5292 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 5293 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 5294 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 5295 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 5296 * attribute is also sent in a response to 5297 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 5298 * supported by the driver (u32). 5299 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 5300 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 5301 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 5302 * that the information is not available. If more than one 5303 * element is present, it means that more than one match 5304 * occurred. 5305 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 5306 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 5307 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 5308 * these attributes must be present. If 5309 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 5310 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 5311 * channel. 5312 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 5313 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 5314 * 5315 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 5316 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 5317 */ 5318 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 5319 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 5320 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 5321 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 5322 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 5323 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 5324 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 5325 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 5326 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 5327 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 5328 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 5329 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 5330 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 5331 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 5332 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 5333 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 5334 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 5335 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 5336 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 5337 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5338 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5339 5340 /* keep last */ 5341 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5342 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5343 }; 5344 5345 /** 5346 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5347 * 5348 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5349 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 5350 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 5351 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 5352 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 5353 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 5354 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 5355 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 5356 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 5357 * 5358 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 5359 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 5360 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 5361 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 5362 * also woken up. 5363 * 5364 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 5365 * response packets might not go through correctly. 5366 */ 5367 5368 /** 5369 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 5370 * @start: starting value 5371 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 5372 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 5373 * 5374 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 5375 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 5376 * in little endian. 5377 */ 5378 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 5379 __u32 start, offset, len; 5380 }; 5381 5382 /** 5383 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 5384 * @offset: offset of token in packet 5385 * @len: length of each token 5386 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 5387 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 5388 */ 5389 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 5390 __u32 offset, len; 5391 __u8 token_stream[]; 5392 }; 5393 5394 /** 5395 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 5396 * @min_len: minimum token length 5397 * @max_len: maximum token length 5398 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 5399 */ 5400 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 5401 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 5402 }; 5403 5404 /** 5405 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 5406 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5407 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 5408 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 5409 * (in network byte order) 5410 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 5411 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 5412 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 5413 * might require ARP querying. 5414 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 5415 * socket and port will be allocated 5416 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 5417 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 5418 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5419 * of the data payload. 5420 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 5421 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 5422 * advertising it is just a flag 5423 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 5424 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 5425 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 5426 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 5427 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 5428 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 5429 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5430 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 5431 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5432 * but on the TCP payload only. 5433 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 5434 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 5435 */ 5436 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 5437 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 5438 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 5439 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 5440 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 5441 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 5442 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 5443 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 5444 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 5445 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 5446 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 5447 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 5448 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 5449 5450 /* keep last */ 5451 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 5452 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 5453 }; 5454 5455 /** 5456 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 5457 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 5458 * @pat: packet pattern support information 5459 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5460 * 5461 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 5462 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 5463 */ 5464 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5465 __u32 max_rules; 5466 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5467 __u32 max_delay; 5468 } __attribute__((packed)); 5469 5470 /** 5471 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5472 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5473 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5474 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5475 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5476 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5477 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5478 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5479 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5480 */ 5481 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5482 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5483 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5484 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5485 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5486 5487 /* keep last */ 5488 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 5489 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 5490 }; 5491 5492 /** 5493 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5494 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 5495 * in a rule are matched. 5496 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5497 * in a rule are not matched. 5498 */ 5499 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5500 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5501 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5502 }; 5503 5504 /** 5505 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5506 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5507 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5508 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5509 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5510 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5511 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5512 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5513 */ 5514 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5515 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5516 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5517 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5518 5519 /* keep last */ 5520 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5521 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5522 }; 5523 5524 /** 5525 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5526 * 5527 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5528 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5529 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5530 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5531 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5532 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5533 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5534 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5535 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5536 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5537 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5538 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5539 * different channels may be used within this group. 5540 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5541 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5542 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5543 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5544 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5545 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5546 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5547 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5548 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5549 * 5550 * Examples: 5551 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5552 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5553 * 5554 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5555 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5556 * 5557 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5558 * => allows two STAs on different channels 5559 * 5560 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5561 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5562 * 5563 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5564 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5565 * that any of these groups must match. 5566 * 5567 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5568 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5569 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5570 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5571 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5572 */ 5573 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5574 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5575 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5576 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5577 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5578 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5579 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5580 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5581 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5582 5583 /* keep last */ 5584 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5585 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5586 }; 5587 5588 5589 /** 5590 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5591 * 5592 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5593 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5594 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5595 * this mesh peer 5596 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5597 * from this mesh peer 5598 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5599 * received from this mesh peer 5600 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5601 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5602 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5603 * plink are discarded 5604 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5605 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5606 */ 5607 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5608 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5609 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5610 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5611 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5612 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5613 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5614 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5615 5616 /* keep last */ 5617 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5618 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5619 }; 5620 5621 /** 5622 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5623 * 5624 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5625 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5626 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5627 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5628 */ 5629 enum plink_actions { 5630 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5631 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5632 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5633 5634 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5635 }; 5636 5637 5638 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5639 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5640 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 5641 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 5642 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5643 5644 /** 5645 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5646 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5647 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5648 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5649 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5650 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 5651 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5652 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5653 */ 5654 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5655 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5656 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5657 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5658 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5659 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 5660 5661 /* keep last */ 5662 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5663 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5664 }; 5665 5666 /** 5667 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5668 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5669 * Beacon frames) 5670 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5671 * in Beacon frames 5672 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5673 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5674 */ 5675 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5676 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5677 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5678 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5679 }; 5680 5681 /** 5682 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5683 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5684 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5685 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5686 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5687 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5688 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5689 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5690 */ 5691 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5692 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5693 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5694 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5695 5696 /* keep last */ 5697 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5698 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5699 }; 5700 5701 /** 5702 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5703 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5704 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5705 * priority) 5706 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5707 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5708 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5709 * (internal) 5710 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5711 * (internal) 5712 */ 5713 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5714 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5715 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5716 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5717 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5718 5719 /* keep last */ 5720 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5721 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5722 }; 5723 5724 /** 5725 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5726 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5727 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5728 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5729 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5730 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5731 */ 5732 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5733 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5734 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5735 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5736 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5737 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5738 }; 5739 5740 /* 5741 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5742 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 5743 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 5744 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5745 }; 5746 */ 5747 5748 /** 5749 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5750 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5751 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5752 * socket option. 5753 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5754 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5755 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5756 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5757 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5758 * cellular base stations. 5759 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5760 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5761 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5762 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5763 * mode 5764 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5765 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5766 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5767 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5768 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5769 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5770 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5771 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5772 * setting 5773 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5774 * powersave 5775 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5776 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5777 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5778 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5779 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5780 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5781 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5782 * states using station flags. 5783 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5784 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5785 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5786 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5787 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5788 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5789 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5790 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5791 * still generated by the driver. 5792 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5793 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5794 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5795 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5796 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5797 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5798 * lifetime of a BSS. 5799 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5800 * Set IE to probe requests. 5801 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5802 * to probe requests. 5803 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5804 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5805 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5806 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5807 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5808 * Measurement Report action frame. 5809 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5810 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5811 * to enable dynack. 5812 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5813 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5814 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5815 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5816 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5817 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5818 * rts/cts handshake. 5819 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5820 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5821 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5822 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5823 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5824 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5825 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5826 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5827 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5828 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5829 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5830 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5831 * address mask/value will be used. 5832 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5833 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5834 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5835 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5836 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5837 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5838 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5839 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5840 */ 5841 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5842 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5843 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5844 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5845 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5846 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5847 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5848 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5849 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5850 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5851 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 5852 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 5853 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 5854 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 5855 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 5856 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 5857 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 5858 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 5859 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 5860 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 5861 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 5862 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 5863 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 5864 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 5865 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 5866 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 5867 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 5868 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 5869 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 5870 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 5871 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 5872 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 5873 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 5874 }; 5875 5876 /** 5877 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 5878 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 5879 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 5880 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 5881 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 5882 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 5883 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 5884 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 5885 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 5886 * certain groups which can be configured by the 5887 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 5888 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 5889 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 5890 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 5891 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 5892 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5893 * (if available). 5894 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 5895 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 5896 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5897 * (if available). 5898 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 5899 * channel dwell time. 5900 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 5901 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 5902 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 5903 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 5904 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 5905 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5906 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5907 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5908 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5909 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5910 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5911 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5912 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5913 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5914 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5915 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5916 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5917 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5918 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5919 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5920 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5921 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5922 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5923 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5924 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5925 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5926 * be supported. 5927 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5928 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5929 * actual dwell time. 5930 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5931 * response 5932 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5933 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5934 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5935 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5936 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5937 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5938 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5939 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5940 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5941 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5942 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5943 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5944 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5945 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5946 * "radar detected" event. 5947 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5948 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5949 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 5950 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 5951 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 5952 * TXQs. 5953 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 5954 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 5955 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 5956 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 5957 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 5958 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 5959 * timing measurement responder role. 5960 * 5961 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 5962 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 5963 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 5964 * freeze the connection. 5965 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 5966 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 5967 * 5968 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 5969 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 5970 * scheduling. 5971 * 5972 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 5973 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 5974 * 5975 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 5976 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 5977 * 5978 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 5979 * to a station. 5980 * 5981 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 5982 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 5983 * 5984 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 5985 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 5986 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 5987 * 5988 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 5989 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 5990 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 5991 * 5992 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 5993 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 5994 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 5995 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 5996 * 5997 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 5998 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 5999 * handled as ordinary data frames. 6000 * 6001 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 6002 * 6003 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 6004 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 6005 * 6006 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 6007 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 6008 * 6009 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 6010 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 6011 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 6012 * included in the scan request. 6013 * 6014 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 6015 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 6016 * 6017 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 6018 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 6019 * 6020 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6021 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 6022 * command). 6023 * 6024 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 6025 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 6026 * 6027 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 6028 * frames transmission 6029 * 6030 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 6031 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 6032 * 6033 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate 6034 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. 6035 * 6036 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement 6037 * exchange protocol. 6038 * 6039 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement 6040 * exchange protocol. 6041 * 6042 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management 6043 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the 6044 * negotiation and range measurement procedure. 6045 * 6046 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision 6047 * detection and change announcemnts. 6048 * 6049 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports 6050 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response 6051 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using 6052 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 6053 * 6054 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 6055 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 6056 */ 6057 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 6058 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 6059 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 6060 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 6061 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 6062 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 6063 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 6064 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 6065 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 6066 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 6067 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 6068 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 6069 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 6070 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 6071 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 6072 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 6073 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 6074 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 6075 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 6076 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6077 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 6078 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 6079 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 6080 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 6081 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 6082 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 6083 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 6084 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 6085 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6086 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 6087 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6088 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 6089 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 6090 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 6091 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 6092 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 6093 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 6094 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 6095 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 6096 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 6097 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 6098 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 6099 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 6100 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 6101 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 6102 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 6103 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 6104 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 6105 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 6106 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 6107 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 6108 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 6109 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 6110 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 6111 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 6112 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 6113 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6114 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, 6115 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF, 6116 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT, 6117 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE, 6118 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR, 6119 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD, 6120 6121 /* add new features before the definition below */ 6122 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 6123 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 6124 }; 6125 6126 /** 6127 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 6128 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 6129 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 6130 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 6131 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 6132 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 6133 * to the host. 6134 * 6135 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 6136 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 6137 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 6138 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 6139 */ 6140 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 6141 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 6142 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 6143 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 6144 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 6145 }; 6146 6147 /** 6148 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 6149 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 6150 * handled by the AP is reached. 6151 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 6152 */ 6153 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 6154 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 6155 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 6156 }; 6157 6158 /** 6159 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 6160 * 6161 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 6162 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 6163 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 6164 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 6165 */ 6166 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 6167 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 6168 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 6169 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 6170 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 6171 }; 6172 6173 /** 6174 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 6175 * 6176 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 6177 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 6178 * requests. 6179 * 6180 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 6181 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 6182 * one of them can be used in the request. 6183 * 6184 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 6185 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 6186 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 6187 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 6188 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 6189 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 6190 * when really needed 6191 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 6192 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 6193 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 6194 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 6195 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 6196 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 6197 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 6198 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 6199 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 6200 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 6201 * request parameters IE in the probe request 6202 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 6203 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 6204 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 6205 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 6206 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 6207 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 6208 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 6209 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 6210 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 6211 * SSID and/or RSSI. 6212 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 6213 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 6214 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 6215 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 6216 * impacted with this flag. 6217 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 6218 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 6219 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 6220 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 6221 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 6222 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 6223 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 6224 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 6225 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 6226 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 6227 * possible. 6228 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 6229 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 6230 * added by userspace explicitly.) 6231 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 6232 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 6233 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 6234 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by 6235 * 2.4/5 GHz APs 6236 */ 6237 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 6238 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 6239 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 6240 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 6241 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 6242 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 6243 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 6244 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 6245 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 6246 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 6247 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 6248 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 6249 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 6250 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 6251 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 6252 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 6253 }; 6254 6255 /** 6256 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 6257 * 6258 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 6259 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 6260 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 6261 * 6262 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 6263 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 6264 * in ACL to authenticate. 6265 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 6266 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 6267 */ 6268 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 6269 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 6270 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 6271 }; 6272 6273 /** 6274 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 6275 * 6276 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 6277 * 6278 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 6279 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 6280 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 6281 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 6282 */ 6283 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 6284 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 6285 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 6286 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 6287 6288 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 6289 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6290 }; 6291 6292 /** 6293 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 6294 * 6295 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 6296 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 6297 * 6298 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 6299 * now unusable. 6300 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 6301 * the channel is now available. 6302 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 6303 * change to the channel status. 6304 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 6305 * over, channel becomes usable. 6306 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 6307 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 6308 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 6309 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 6310 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 6311 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 6312 */ 6313 enum nl80211_radar_event { 6314 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 6315 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 6316 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 6317 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 6318 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 6319 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 6320 }; 6321 6322 /** 6323 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 6324 * 6325 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 6326 * 6327 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 6328 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 6329 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 6330 * is therefore marked as not available. 6331 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 6332 */ 6333 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 6334 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 6335 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 6336 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 6337 }; 6338 6339 /** 6340 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 6341 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 6342 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 6343 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 6344 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 6345 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 6346 */ 6347 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 6348 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 6349 }; 6350 6351 /** 6352 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 6353 * 6354 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 6355 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 6356 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 6357 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 6358 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 6359 */ 6360 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 6361 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 6362 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 6363 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 6364 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 6365 /* add other protocols before this one */ 6366 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 6367 }; 6368 6369 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 6370 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 6371 6372 /** 6373 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 6374 * 6375 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 6376 * 6377 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 6378 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 6379 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 6380 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 6381 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 6382 */ 6383 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 6384 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 6385 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 6386 }; 6387 6388 /* 6389 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 6390 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 6391 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 6392 */ 6393 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 6394 6395 /** 6396 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 6397 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 6398 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 6399 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 6400 * added to this file when needed. 6401 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 6402 */ 6403 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 6404 __u32 vendor_id; 6405 __u32 subcmd; 6406 }; 6407 6408 /** 6409 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 6410 * 6411 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 6412 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 6413 * 6414 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 6415 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 6416 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 6417 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable. 6418 */ 6419 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 6420 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 6421 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 6422 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 6423 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3, 6424 }; 6425 6426 /** 6427 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 6428 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6429 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 6430 * seconds (u32). 6431 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 6432 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 6433 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 6434 * make the scan plan meaningless. 6435 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 6436 * currently defined 6437 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 6438 */ 6439 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 6440 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 6441 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 6442 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 6443 6444 /* keep last */ 6445 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 6446 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 6447 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 6448 }; 6449 6450 /** 6451 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 6452 * 6453 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 6454 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 6455 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 6456 */ 6457 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 6458 __u8 band; 6459 __s8 delta; 6460 } __attribute__((packed)); 6461 6462 /** 6463 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 6464 * 6465 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 6466 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 6467 * is requested. 6468 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 6469 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 6470 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 6471 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 6472 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 6473 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 6474 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 6475 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 6476 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 6477 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 6478 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 6479 * 6480 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 6481 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 6482 * which the driver shall use. 6483 */ 6484 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 6485 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 6486 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 6487 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 6488 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 6489 6490 /* keep last */ 6491 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6492 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6493 }; 6494 6495 /** 6496 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 6497 * 6498 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 6499 * 6500 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 6501 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 6502 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 6503 */ 6504 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 6505 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 6506 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 6507 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 6508 6509 /* keep last */ 6510 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 6511 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 6512 }; 6513 6514 /** 6515 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 6516 * 6517 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 6518 * 6519 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 6520 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 6521 */ 6522 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 6523 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 6524 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 6525 }; 6526 6527 /** 6528 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 6529 * 6530 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 6531 * 6532 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 6533 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 6534 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 6535 */ 6536 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 6537 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 6538 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 6539 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 6540 }; 6541 6542 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 6543 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 6544 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 6545 6546 /** 6547 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 6548 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 6549 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 6550 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 6551 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 6552 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 6553 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 6554 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 6555 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 6556 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 6557 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 6558 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 6559 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 6560 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 6561 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 6562 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 6563 * is follow up. This is a u8. 6564 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 6565 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 6566 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 6567 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 6568 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 6569 * This is a flag. 6570 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 6571 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 6572 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 6573 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 6574 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 6575 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 6576 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 6577 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6578 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 6579 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6580 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 6581 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 6582 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 6583 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 6584 * 6585 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 6586 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 6587 */ 6588 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 6589 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 6590 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 6591 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 6592 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 6593 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 6594 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 6595 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 6596 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 6597 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 6598 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 6599 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 6600 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 6601 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 6602 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 6603 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 6604 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 6605 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 6606 6607 /* keep last */ 6608 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 6609 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 6610 }; 6611 6612 /** 6613 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 6614 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 6615 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 6616 * This is a flag. 6617 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 6618 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 6619 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 6620 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 6621 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 6622 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 6623 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 6624 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 6625 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 6626 */ 6627 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 6628 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 6629 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 6630 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 6631 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 6632 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 6633 6634 /* keep last */ 6635 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6636 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6637 }; 6638 6639 /** 6640 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6641 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6642 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6643 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6644 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6645 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6646 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6647 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6648 * 6649 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6650 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6651 */ 6652 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6653 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6654 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6655 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6656 6657 /* keep last */ 6658 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6659 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6660 }; 6661 6662 /** 6663 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6664 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6665 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6666 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6667 */ 6668 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6669 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6670 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6671 }; 6672 6673 /** 6674 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6675 * responder attributes 6676 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6677 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6678 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6679 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6680 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6681 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6682 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6683 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6684 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6685 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6686 */ 6687 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6688 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6689 6690 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6691 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6692 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6693 6694 /* keep last */ 6695 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6696 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6697 }; 6698 6699 /* 6700 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6701 * 6702 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6703 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6704 * 6705 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6706 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6707 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6708 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6709 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6710 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6711 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6712 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6713 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6714 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6715 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6716 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6717 * phase with the responder (u32) 6718 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6719 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6720 * FTM slot (u32) 6721 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6722 * scheduled window (u32) 6723 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6724 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6725 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6726 */ 6727 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6728 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6729 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6730 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6731 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6732 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6733 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6734 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6735 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6736 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6737 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6738 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6739 6740 /* keep last */ 6741 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6742 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6743 }; 6744 6745 /** 6746 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6747 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6748 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6749 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6750 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6751 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 6752 */ 6753 enum nl80211_preamble { 6754 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6755 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6756 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6757 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 6758 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 6759 }; 6760 6761 /** 6762 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 6763 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 6764 * these numbers also for attributes 6765 * 6766 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 6767 * 6768 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 6769 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 6770 */ 6771 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 6772 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 6773 6774 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 6775 6776 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 6777 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 6778 }; 6779 6780 /** 6781 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 6782 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 6783 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 6784 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 6785 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 6786 * reason may be available in the response data 6787 */ 6788 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 6789 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 6790 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 6791 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 6792 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 6793 }; 6794 6795 /** 6796 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 6797 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6798 * 6799 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6800 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 6801 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 6802 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 6803 * (flag attribute) 6804 * 6805 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 6806 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6807 */ 6808 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 6809 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6810 6811 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 6812 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 6813 6814 /* keep last */ 6815 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 6816 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 6817 }; 6818 6819 /** 6820 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 6821 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6822 * 6823 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6824 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 6825 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 6826 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 6827 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 6828 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 6829 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 6830 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 6831 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 6832 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 6833 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 6834 * (u64, usec) 6835 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 6836 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 6837 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 6838 * result. 6839 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 6840 * 6841 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 6842 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6843 */ 6844 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 6845 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6846 6847 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 6848 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 6849 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 6850 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 6851 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 6852 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6853 6854 /* keep last */ 6855 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 6856 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 6857 }; 6858 6859 /** 6860 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 6861 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6862 * 6863 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 6864 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 6865 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 6866 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6867 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6868 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 6869 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6870 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6871 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 6872 * 6873 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 6874 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6875 */ 6876 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 6877 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 6878 6879 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 6880 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 6881 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 6882 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 6883 6884 /* keep last */ 6885 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 6886 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 6887 }; 6888 6889 /** 6890 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 6891 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6892 * 6893 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 6894 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 6895 * measurements can be done with in a single request 6896 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 6897 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 6898 * measurement results 6899 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 6900 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 6901 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 6902 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 6903 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 6904 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 6905 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 6906 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 6907 * sub-attributes taken from 6908 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 6909 * 6910 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 6911 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6912 */ 6913 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 6914 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 6915 6916 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 6917 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 6918 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 6919 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 6920 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 6921 6922 /* keep last */ 6923 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 6924 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 6925 }; 6926 6927 /** 6928 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 6929 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6930 * 6931 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 6932 * is supported 6933 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 6934 * mode is supported 6935 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 6936 * data can be requested during the measurement 6937 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 6938 * location data can be requested during the measurement 6939 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 6940 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 6941 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 6942 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 6943 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 6944 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 6945 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 6946 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 6947 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 6948 * is valid) 6949 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 6950 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 6951 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 6952 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6953 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 6954 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6955 * 6956 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 6957 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6958 */ 6959 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 6960 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 6961 6962 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 6963 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 6964 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 6965 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 6966 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 6967 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 6968 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 6969 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6970 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 6971 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 6972 6973 /* keep last */ 6974 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 6975 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 6976 }; 6977 6978 /** 6979 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 6980 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6981 * 6982 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 6983 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 6984 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 6985 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 6986 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 6987 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6988 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 6989 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 6990 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 6991 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 6992 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6993 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 6994 * requested per burst 6995 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 6996 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 6997 * (u8, default 3) 6998 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 6999 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 7000 * (flag) 7001 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 7002 * measurement (flag). 7003 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 7004 * mutually exclusive. 7005 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7006 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7007 * ranging will be used. 7008 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based 7009 * ranging measurement (flag) 7010 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 7011 * mutually exclusive. 7012 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7013 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7014 * ranging will be used. 7015 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only 7016 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or 7017 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7018 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the 7019 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED 7020 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7021 * 7022 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 7023 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7024 */ 7025 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 7026 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7027 7028 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 7029 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 7030 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7031 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 7032 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7033 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7034 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 7035 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 7036 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 7037 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7038 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7039 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK, 7040 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR, 7041 7042 /* keep last */ 7043 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 7044 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 7045 }; 7046 7047 /** 7048 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 7049 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 7050 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 7051 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 7052 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 7053 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 7054 * try and get no response) 7055 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 7056 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 7057 * received 7058 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 7059 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 7060 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 7061 * by the peer and are no longer supported 7062 */ 7063 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 7064 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 7065 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 7066 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 7067 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 7068 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 7069 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 7070 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 7071 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 7072 }; 7073 7074 /** 7075 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 7076 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7077 * 7078 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 7079 * (u32, optional) 7080 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 7081 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 7082 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 7083 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 7084 * transmitted (u32, optional) 7085 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 7086 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 7087 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 7088 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 7089 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 7090 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7091 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 7092 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 7093 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 7094 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7095 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 7096 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7097 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 7098 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7099 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 7100 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 7101 * attributes) 7102 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 7103 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 7104 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 7105 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7106 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 7107 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7108 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 7109 * optional) 7110 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 7111 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7112 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 7113 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7114 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 7115 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 7116 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7117 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7118 * Type 8. 7119 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 7120 * (binary, optional); 7121 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7122 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7123 * Type 11. 7124 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 7125 * 7126 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 7127 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7128 */ 7129 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 7130 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7131 7132 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 7133 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 7134 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 7135 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 7136 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 7137 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7138 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7139 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7140 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 7141 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 7142 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 7143 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 7144 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 7145 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 7146 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 7147 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 7148 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 7149 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 7150 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7151 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7152 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7153 7154 /* keep last */ 7155 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 7156 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 7157 }; 7158 7159 /** 7160 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 7161 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7162 * 7163 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 7164 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 7165 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 7166 * tx power offset. 7167 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 7168 * values used by members of the SRG. 7169 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 7170 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 7171 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 7172 * 7173 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7174 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 7175 */ 7176 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 7177 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 7178 7179 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 7180 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 7181 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 7182 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 7183 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 7184 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 7185 7186 /* keep last */ 7187 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 7188 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7189 }; 7190 7191 /** 7192 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 7193 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7194 * 7195 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 7196 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 7197 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 7198 * 7199 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7200 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 7201 */ 7202 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 7203 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 7204 7205 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 7206 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 7207 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 7208 7209 /* keep last */ 7210 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 7211 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7212 }; 7213 7214 /** 7215 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 7216 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7217 * 7218 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 7219 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 7220 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 7221 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 7222 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 7223 * 7224 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7225 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 7226 */ 7227 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 7228 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 7229 7230 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 7231 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 7232 7233 /* keep last */ 7234 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 7235 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7236 }; 7237 7238 /** 7239 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 7240 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 7241 * 7242 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7243 * 7244 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 7245 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7246 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7247 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7248 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 7249 * frame including the headers. 7250 * 7251 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7252 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7253 */ 7254 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 7255 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 7256 7257 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 7258 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 7259 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 7260 7261 /* keep last */ 7262 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 7263 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 7264 }; 7265 7266 /* 7267 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 7268 * mandatory fields. 7269 */ 7270 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 7271 7272 /** 7273 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 7274 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 7275 * 7276 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7277 * 7278 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7279 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 7280 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). 7281 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 7282 * frame template (binary). 7283 * 7284 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7285 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7286 */ 7287 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 7288 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7289 7290 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 7291 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 7292 7293 /* keep last */ 7294 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7295 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 7296 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 7297 }; 7298 7299 /** 7300 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 7301 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is 7302 * used. 7303 * 7304 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that 7305 * attribute is not present from userspace. 7306 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only 7307 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only 7308 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element 7309 * can be used. 7310 */ 7311 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism { 7312 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED, 7313 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK, 7314 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT, 7315 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH, 7316 }; 7317 7318 /** 7319 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs 7320 * 7321 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit 7322 * 7323 */ 7324 enum nl80211_sar_type { 7325 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER, 7326 7327 /* add new type here */ 7328 7329 /* Keep last */ 7330 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE, 7331 }; 7332 7333 /** 7334 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec 7335 * 7336 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type. 7337 * 7338 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power 7339 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set 7340 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 7341 * 7342 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER 7343 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX. 7344 * 7345 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of 7346 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ 7347 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ. 7348 * 7349 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7350 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute 7351 * 7352 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC 7353 */ 7354 enum nl80211_sar_attrs { 7355 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID, 7356 7357 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE, 7358 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS, 7359 7360 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST, 7361 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7362 }; 7363 7364 /** 7365 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs 7366 * 7367 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual 7368 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is 7369 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm). 7370 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range. 7371 * 7372 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the 7373 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation 7374 * is applied to this range. 7375 * 7376 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver, 7377 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't 7378 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the 7379 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any 7380 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power 7381 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range. 7382 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation. 7383 * 7384 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation. 7385 * 7386 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start 7387 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7388 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7389 * 7390 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end 7391 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7392 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7393 * 7394 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal 7395 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute 7396 */ 7397 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs { 7398 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID, 7399 7400 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER, 7401 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX, 7402 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ, 7403 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ, 7404 7405 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST, 7406 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1, 7407 }; 7408 7409 /** 7410 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced 7411 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode. 7412 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for 7413 * MBSSID and EMA. 7414 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the 7415 * features. 7416 * 7417 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7418 * 7419 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise 7420 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver. 7421 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting 7422 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2. 7423 * 7424 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel 7425 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver 7426 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace 7427 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to 7428 * a non-zero value. 7429 * 7430 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of 7431 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set. 7432 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for 7433 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible 7434 * for using unique indices for the interfaces. 7435 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1. 7436 * 7437 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for 7438 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of 7439 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface 7440 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up 7441 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match 7442 * the interface index of the same. 7443 * 7444 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature. 7445 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support 7446 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero. 7447 * 7448 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7449 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7450 */ 7451 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes { 7452 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 7453 7454 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES, 7455 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY, 7456 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX, 7457 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX, 7458 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA, 7459 7460 /* keep last */ 7461 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST, 7462 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7463 }; 7464 7465 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */